]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
man: remove consecutive duplicate words (#4268)
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
76153ad4
ZJS
3CHANGES WITH 232 in spe
4
4ffe2479
ZJS
5 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
6 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
7
8 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
9 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
10 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
11 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
12 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
13 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
14 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
15 service exits.
16
17 The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
18 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
19 container systems.
20
21 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
22 PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid under which
23 the service is running are mapped. All other users are mapped to
24 nobody.
25
26 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
27 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
28 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
29 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
30
31 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
32 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
33
34 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
35 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
36 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
37 and the support is provisional.
38
39 * .automount units may now be transient.
40
41 * systemd-mount is a new tool which wraps mount(8) to pull in
42 additional dependencies through transient .mount and .automount
43 units. For example, this automatically runs fsck on the block device
44 before mounting, and allows the automount logic to be used.
45
46 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
47 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
48 option.
49
50 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
51 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
52 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
53 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
54 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
55 else.
56
57 * disk/by-id symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
58
59 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
60 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
61 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
62 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
63 used.
64
65 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
66 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls insteads of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
67 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
68 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
69
70 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtiualization is now detected.
71
72 * Information recored in the journal for core dumps now includes the
73 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
74 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
75 of the container).
76
77 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory option to serve
78 files from the specified location.
79
80 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
81 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
82 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
83 be active.
84
85 * The hardware database has been extended to support
86 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
87 trackball devices.
88
89 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
90 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
91 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
92
93 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
94 synchronous.
95
96 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which uses
97 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
98 suffix. Those timestamps include more information and can be parsed
99 by journalctl.
100
101 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
102 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
103 are automatically propagated to the container.
104
105 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
106 from a single IP can be limited with MaxConnectionsPerSource=,
107 extending the existing setting of MaxConnections.
108
109 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
110 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
111 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
112 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
113 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
114 [Link] section of .link files.
115
116 Spanning Tree Protocol enablement, Priority, Aging Time, and the
117 Default Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the
118 new STP=, Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the
119 [Bridge] section of .netdev files.
120
121 Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
122 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
123 .network files.
124
125 * $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE, $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and
126 ExecStopPost= commands.
127
76153ad4
ZJS
128 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
129 removed from documentation, and it's use is discouraged. In a future
130 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
131 default of SplitMode=uid.
132
4ffe2479
ZJS
133 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
134 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
135 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
136 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
137 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
138 individual namespaces.
139
1ecdba14
LP
140 * systemd-udevd.service is now run in a Seccomp-based sandbox that
141 prohibits access to AF_INET and AF_INET6 sockets and thus access to
142 the network. This might break code that runs from udev rules that
143 tries to talk to the network. Doing that is generally a bad idea and
144 unsafe due to a variety of reasons. It's also racy as device
145 management would race against network configuration. It is
146 recommended to rework such rules to use the SYSTEMD_WANTS property on
147 the relevant devices to pull in a proper systemd service (which can
148 be sandboxed differently and ordered correctly after the network
149 having come up). If that's not possible consider reverting this
150 sandboxing feature locally by removing the RestrictAddressFamilies=
151 setting from the systemd-udevd.service unit file, or adding AF_INET
152 and AF_INET6 to it.
153
5cd118ba
MP
154CHANGES WITH 231:
155
fcd30826
LP
156 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
157 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 158 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
159 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
160 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
161 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
162 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
163 independently.
164
165 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
166 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
167
168 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
169 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
170 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
171 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 172 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
173 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
174 values.
175
176 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
177 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
178 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
179 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
180 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
181
182 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
183 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
184 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
185 7:10am every day.
186
187 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
188 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
189 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
190 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
191 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
192 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
193 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
194 available for compatibility.
195
196 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
197 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
198 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
199 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
200 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
201 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
202
203 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
204 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
205 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
206 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
207 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
208 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
209 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
210 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
211 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
212
213 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
214 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
215 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
216 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
217 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
218 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
219 desired options.
220
fcd30826
LP
221 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
222 cgroupsv2.
223
224 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
225 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
226 limited to subgroups of that group.
227
228 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
229 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
230 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 231 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
232 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
233 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
234 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
235 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
236
237 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
238 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
239 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
240 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
241 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
242 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
243 own long-running services.
244
245 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
246 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
247 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
248 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
249
250 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
251 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
252 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
253 propagates this notification further to the service manager
254 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
255 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
256 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
257 primitives.
258
259 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
260 "terminate".
261
262 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
263 link-local IPv6 addresses.
264
265 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
266 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
267 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
268 --flush-caches".
269
771de3f5 270 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
271 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
272 is shown.
273
274 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
275 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
276 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 277 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
278 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
279 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
280
281 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
282 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
283 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
284 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
285 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
286 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
287 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
288 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
289 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
290 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
291 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
292 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
293 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
294 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
295 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
296 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
297 bus API instead.
298
299 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
300 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
301 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
302 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
303
304 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
305 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
306 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
307 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
308
309 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
310 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
311 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
312
313 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
314 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
315
316 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
317 interface configuration.
318
319 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
320 specifying the --force switch.
321
322 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
323 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
324 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
325
43a569a1
ZJS
326 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
327 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
328 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
329 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
330 ordering dependecies to ensure that if the package is installed in
331 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
332 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
333 to be handled.
334
335 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
336 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
337
338 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
339 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
340
341 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
342 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
343 of persistent symlinks for that device.
344
0f1da52b
LP
345 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
346 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
347
348 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
349 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
350 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
351 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
352 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
353 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
354 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
355 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
356 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
357 library.
43a569a1 358
fcd30826
LP
359 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
360 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
361 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
362 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
363 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
364 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
365 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physcial
366 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
367 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
368 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 369
4ffe2479
ZJS
370 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
371 distribution's bugtracker.
372
38b383d9
LP
373 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
374 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
375 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
376 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
377 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
378 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
379 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
380 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
381 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
382 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
383 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
384 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
385 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
386 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
387 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
388 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
389 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
390 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 391 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 392
38b383d9 393 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 394
46e40fab 395CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 396
61ecb465
LP
397 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
398 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
399 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
400 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
401 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
402 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
403 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
404 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
405 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 406 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
407 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
408 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
409 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
410 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
411 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
412 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
413 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
414 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
415 applications.)
61ecb465 416
96515dbf 417 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 418 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 419 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 420
97e5530c
ZJS
421 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
422 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 423 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
424 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
425 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
426 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
427 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
428
429 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
430 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
431 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 432 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 433 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 434 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
435
436 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
437 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
438 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
439 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
440 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
441 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 442
95365a57 443 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 444 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 445
e75690c3
ZJS
446 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
447 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 448 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
449
450 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
451
96515dbf 452 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 453 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
454 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
455 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
456 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 457
96515dbf
ZJS
458 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
459 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
460 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 461 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 462
e40a326c
LP
463 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
464 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
465 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
466 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
467 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
468 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 469
e40a326c
LP
470 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
471 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
472 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
473
474 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
475 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
476 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
477 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
478 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
479 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
480
481 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
482 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
483 address.
484
485 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
486 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
487 should be emitted.
96515dbf 488
e40a326c 489 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
490 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
491 supported.
492
e40a326c
LP
493 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
494 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
495 logging performance.
96515dbf 496
e75690c3
ZJS
497 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
498 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
499 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
500 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
501 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
502 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
503
504 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
505 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
506 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
507 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
508
e40a326c
LP
509 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
510 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
511
512 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
513 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
514 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
515
e75690c3 516 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
517
518 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
519 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
520 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
521 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 522
e75690c3
ZJS
523 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
524 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
525 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
526 refuse to operate on such files.
527
e40a326c
LP
528 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
529 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
530 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
531
532 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
533 just hidden container images.
534
e40a326c
LP
535 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
536 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
537
e40a326c
LP
538 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
539 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
540 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
541 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
542 --private-user-chown switch. It also gained support for automatically
543 choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when starting a
544 container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which implies
545 --private-user-chown). Together, these options for the first time
546 make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and thus
e81f2539 547 deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has been
e40a326c
LP
548 changed to use this functionality by default.
549
25b0e6cb
LP
550 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
551 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
552 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
553 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
554 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
555 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
556 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
557 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
558 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
559 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
560 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
561 terminates.
562
e40a326c 563 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
564 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
565 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
566 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 567
030bd839 568 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
569 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
570 rate of the socket unit.
571
572 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
573 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
574 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
575 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
576 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
577
999a43f8
LP
578 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
579 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
580 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 581 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
582 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
583 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
584 with this.
585
e75690c3
ZJS
586 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
587 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
588
589 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
590 merged into the kernel in its current form.
591
592 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
593 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
594 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
595 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
596 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
597
598 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
599 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
600 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
601
4f9020fa
DR
602 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
603 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
604 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
605 target is now included in early userspace.
606
e75690c3
ZJS
607 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
608 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
609 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
610 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
611 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
612 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
613 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
614 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
615 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
616 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
617 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
618 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
619 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
620 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
621 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
622 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
623 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
624 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
625 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
626 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
627 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
628 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
629 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
630 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
631 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
632 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 633
46e40fab 634 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 635
61f32bff
MP
636CHANGES WITH 229:
637
d5f8b295
LP
638 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
639 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
640 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
641 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
642 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
643 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
644 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
645 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
646 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
647 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
648 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
649 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
650 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
651
652 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
653 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
654 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
655 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
656
657 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
658 devices.
659
a7c723c0
LP
660 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
661 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
662 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
663 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
664 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
665 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
666 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
667 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
668 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
669 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
670 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
671 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
672 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
673 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
674 this limit.
675
676 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
677 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
678 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
679 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
680 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
681 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
682 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
683 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
684
685 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
686 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
687 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
688 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
689 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
690 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
691 and group at package installation time.
692
d5f8b295
LP
693 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
694 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
695 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
696 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
697 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
698
8968aea0
MP
699 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
700 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
701 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
702 supports it.
703
704 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
705 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
706
707 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
708 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
709 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
710 file is already initialized.
711
712 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
713 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
714 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
715 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
716 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
717 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
718 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
719 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
720 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
721
722 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
723 working directory for the process started in the container.
724
ed5f8840
ZJS
725 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
726 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
727 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
728 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
729 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
730
731 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
732 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
733 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
734
735 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
736 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
737 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
738 sd_journal_restart_fields().
739
740 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
741 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
742 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
743 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
744 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
745
746 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
747 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
748 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
749 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
750
751 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
752 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
753 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
754 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
755 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
756 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
757 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
758 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 759 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
760 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
761 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
762 by PID 1.
763
50f48ad3
DM
764 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
765 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
766 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
767 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
768 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
769 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
770 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
771 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
772
773 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
774
d5f8b295 775 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 776 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
777 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
778
8968aea0
MP
779 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
780 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
781 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
782 recent kernels.
783
784 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
785 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
786
8968aea0 787 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
788 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
789 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
790 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
791 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
792 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
793 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
794 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
795 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
796 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 797 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
798 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
799 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
800
801 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
802 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
803 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
804 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
805
806 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
807
808 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
809 sockets.
810
811 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
812
813 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
814 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
815 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
816 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
817 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
818 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
819
820 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
821 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
822 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
823
824 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
825 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
826 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
827 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
828
829 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 830
3545ab35
LP
831 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
832 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
833 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
834 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
835 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
836 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
837 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
838 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
839 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
840 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
841 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
842 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
843 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
844 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
845 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
846 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
847 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
848 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
849 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
850
ccddd104 851 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 852
a11c7ea5
LP
853CHANGES WITH 228:
854
a11c7ea5
LP
855 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
856 files are now also available as properties to set when
857 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
858 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
859 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
860 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
861 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
862 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
863 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
864
28c85daf
LP
865 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
866 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
867 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 868
f1f8a5a5
LP
869 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
870 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
871 created transiently.
872
a11c7ea5
LP
873 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
874 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
875 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
876 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
877 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 878 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
879 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
880 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
881
28c85daf
LP
882 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
883 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
884 disk and sync the files, before returning.
885
a11c7ea5
LP
886 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
887 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
888 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
889 enabled.
890
f1f8a5a5
LP
891 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
892 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
893 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
894 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
895 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
896 subvolumes.
897
a11c7ea5
LP
898 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
899 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
900
28c85daf 901 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
902 individual indexes.
903
28c85daf
LP
904 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
905 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
906 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
907 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
908 suffixes now.
909
f1f8a5a5
LP
910 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
911 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
912 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
913 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
914 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
915 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
916 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
917 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
918 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
919 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
920 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
921 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
922 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
923 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
924 number of processes or tasks each user may own
925 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
926 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
927 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
928 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
929 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
930 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
931
28c85daf
LP
932 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
933 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
934 links between the host and the container.
935
936 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
937 added that allows importing select environment variables
938 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
939 the service.
940
ddb4b0d3 941 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 942 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
943 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
944 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
945 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
946 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
947 than until they first elapse.
948
a11c7ea5 949 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
950 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
951 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
952 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
953 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
954 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
955 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
956 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
957
28c85daf
LP
958 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
959 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
960 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
961 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
962 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
963 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
964 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 965 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
966 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
967 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 968
28c85daf
LP
969 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
970 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
971 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 972 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
973 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
974 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
975 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
976 software you package still references it, as this is a
977 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
978 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
979
980 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 981
d5bd92bb
LP
982 Note that only util-linux versions built with
983 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
984
a11c7ea5
LP
985 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
986 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
987 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
988
b9e2f7eb
LP
989 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
990 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
991 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
992 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
993 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
994 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
995 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
996 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
997 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
998 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
999 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1000 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1001 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1002 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1003 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1004 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1005
1006 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1007 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1008 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1009 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1010 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1011 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1012 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1013 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1014 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1015 surprises.
1016
28c85daf
LP
1017 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1018 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1019 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1020 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1021 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1022 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1023 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1024 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1025 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1026 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1027 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
1028 hence useless. Morever, even in the --user instance of
1029 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1030 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1031 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1032 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1033 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1034 of PID 1 is the root user).
1035
1036 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1037 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1038 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
1039 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1040 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1041 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1042 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1043 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1044 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1045 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1046 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1047 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1048 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1049 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1050 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 1051
ccddd104 1052 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 1053
c97e586d
DM
1054CHANGES WITH 227:
1055
1056 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1057 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1058 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1059
1060 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1061 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1062 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1063 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1064 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1065 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1066
d046fb93
LP
1067 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1068 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
1069 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1070 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 1071 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
1072
1073 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
1074 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1075 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1076 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1077 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1078 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
1079
1080 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 1081 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
1082 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1083 automatically.
1084
21d86c61
DM
1085 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1086 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1087 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1088
1089 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1090 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1091 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1092 for disk IO.
1093
1094 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1095 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1096 removed.
1097
d046fb93
LP
1098 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1099 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1100 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1101 configured in User=.
21d86c61 1102
fe08a30b
LP
1103 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1104 directory of the selected user by default.
1105
21d86c61 1106 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
1107 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1108 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1109 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1110 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1111 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1112 compat reasons.
21d86c61 1113
fe08a30b 1114 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 1115 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
1116 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1117 units.
1118
1119 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1120 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1121 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1122 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1123 level.
1124
1125 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1126 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1127 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1128 namespaces work correctly.
1129
1130 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1131 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1132 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 1133 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
1134 activation.
1135
1136 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1137 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1138 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1139 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1140 system instance in a container.
1141
1142 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1143 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1144 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1145 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1146 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1147 connections.
1148
1149 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1150 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1151
1152 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1153 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1154 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1155 processes attached, or similar.
1156
bdba9227
DM
1157 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1158 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1159 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1160
1161 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1162 specifiers like %i or %f.
1163
fe08a30b
LP
1164 * A new (still internal) libary API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
1165 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1166 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1167 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1168
bdba9227
DM
1169 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1170 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 1171 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
1172 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1173 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1174 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 1175
d046fb93
LP
1176 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1177
0053598f 1178 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 1179 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
1180
1181 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1182 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1183
1184 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 1185 .network files.
fe08a30b 1186
bdba9227
DM
1187 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1188 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1189 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1190 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1191 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1192 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1193 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1194 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1195 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1196 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1197 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1198 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1199 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1200 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1201 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
1202
1203 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1204 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1205 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1206 next to the image file.
c97e586d 1207
91d0d699
LP
1208 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1209 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1210 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1211 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1212
1213 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1214 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1215 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1216 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1217 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1218 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1219
d046fb93
LP
1220 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1221 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1222 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1223 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 1224 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
1225 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1226 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1227 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1228 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1229 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1230 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 1231
bdba9227
DM
1232 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1233 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 1234
efce0ffe 1235 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 1236
61e6771c
LP
1237 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1238 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1239 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1240 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1241 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1242 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1243 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1244 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1245 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1246 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1247 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1248 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1249 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1250 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1251 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1252 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1253 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1254 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1255
ccddd104 1256 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 1257
c9912c5e
DH
1258CHANGES WITH 226:
1259
5e8d4254
LP
1260 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1261 new features:
1262
1263 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
1264 information. It may be enabled and configured via
1265 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
1266 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
1267 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
1268 is any) is propagated.
1269
1270 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
1271 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
1272 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
1273 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
1274 information is enabled between host and containers by
1275 default now: the container will change its local timezone
1276 to what the host has set.
1277
1278 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
1279 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
1280
1281 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
1282 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
1283 information back, even if the server loses state.
1284
1285 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
1286 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
1287 PoolSize=.
1288
1289 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
1290 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
1291 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
1292 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
1293
1294 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
1295 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
1296 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
1297 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
1298 'dbus-daemon' systems.
1299
1300 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
1301 for virtio devices.
1302
1303 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
1304 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
1305 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
1306 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
1307 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
1308 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
1309 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
1310 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 1311 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
1312 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
1313 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
1314 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
1315 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
1316 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
1317 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
1318 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
1319 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
1320 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
1321 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
1322 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
1323 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
1324 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
1325 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
1326 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
1327 grants them.
1328
1329 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
1330 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
1331 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
1332 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
1333 group tree.
1334
1335 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
1336 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
1337 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
1338 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
1339 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
1340 work correctly in containers now.
1341
1342 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
1343 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
1344
c626bf1d
DM
1345 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
1346 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
1347 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
1348 function call is particularly useful when implementing
1349 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
1350
1351 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
1352 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
1353 signal events.
1354
1355 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
1356 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
1357 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
1358 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
1359 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 1360
47f5a38c
LP
1361 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
1362 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
1363 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
1364 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
1365 nspawn command line.
1366
2f77decc
LP
1367 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
1368 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
1369 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
1370 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
1371 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
1372 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
1373 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 1374 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 1375
ccddd104 1376 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 1377
ec5249a2
DM
1378CHANGES WITH 225:
1379
5e8d4254
LP
1380 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
1381 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
1382 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
1383 shell directly without prompting for username or
1384 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
1385 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
1386 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
1387 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
1388 the originating session.
1389
1390 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
1391 options and allows other programs to query the values.
1392
1393 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
1394 longer enforced with this release. The previous
1395 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
1396 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
1397 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
1398 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
1399 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
1400 this release.
1401
1402 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
1403 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
1404 messages.
1405
1406 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
1407 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
1408 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
1409
1410 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
1411 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
1412
1413 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
1414 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
1415 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
1416 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
1417 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
1418 posteriori.
1419
1420 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
1421 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
1422
1423 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
1424 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
1425 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
1426 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
1427 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
1428 "lastlog" tools.
1429
1430 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
1431 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
1432 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
1433 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
1434 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
1435
1436 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
1437 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
1438 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
1439 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1440 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
1441 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
1442 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
1443 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
1444 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
1445 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
1446 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
1447 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 1448
ccddd104 1449 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 1450
11811e85
DH
1451CHANGES WITH 224:
1452
10fa421c
DH
1453 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
1454 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1455
5e8d4254
LP
1456 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
1457 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
1458 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 1459
11811e85
DH
1460 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
1461 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
1462 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
1463
ccddd104 1464 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 1465
e57eaef8
DH
1466CHANGES WITH 223:
1467
1468 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
1469 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
1470 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
1471 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1472
01608bc8 1473 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
1474 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
1475
1476 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
1477 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
1478
931618d0
DM
1479 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
1480
1481 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 1482 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
1483 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
1484
1485 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
1486 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
1487 decapsulated packet.
1488
1489 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
1490 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
1491 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
1492 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
1493 netlink attribute.
1494
1495 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
1496 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
1497 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
1498 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
1499
1500 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
1501 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
1502 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 1503
f5f113f6
DH
1504 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
1505 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
1506
e57eaef8 1507 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 1508 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
1509 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
1510
1511 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
1512 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
1513 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
1514 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
1515 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
1516 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
1517
1518 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
1519 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1520 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
1521 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1522 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
1523 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
1524 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
1525 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
1526 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
1527 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1528
ccddd104 1529 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 1530
0db83ad7 1531CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 1532
861b02eb
KS
1533 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
1534 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
1535 or should be used to work around such bugs.
1536
1537 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
1538 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
1539
1540 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
1541 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
1542 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
1543 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
1544 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
1545
5541c889
DH
1546 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
1547 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
1548 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
1549
9b361114
DM
1550 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
1551 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
1552 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
1553 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
1554 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
1555
1556 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1557
0db83ad7
DH
1558 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
1559 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
1560 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
1561 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
1562 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
1563 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
1564 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
1565 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
1566 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1567 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 1568
ccddd104 1569 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 1570
0f0467e6
MP
1571CHANGES WITH 221:
1572
470e72d4 1573 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 1574 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
1575 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
1576 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
1577 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
1578 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
1579 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 1580 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
1581 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
1582 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 1583 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 1584
470e72d4
LP
1585 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
1586 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
1587 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 1588 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
1589 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
1590 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
1591 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
1592 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 1593 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
1594 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
1595 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 1596
470e72d4
LP
1597 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
1598 2.26.
1599
1600 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 1601 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
1602 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
1603 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
1604 in README for details.
1605
1606 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
1607 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
1608 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
1609 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
1610 unit.
1611
1612 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
1613 into man pages.
1614
1615 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
1616 external project.
1617
1618 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 1619 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
1620
1621 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
1622 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
1623 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
1624 state.
1625
1626 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
1627 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
1628 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
1629
1630 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
1631 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
1632 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
1633 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
1634 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
1635 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
1636 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
1637 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
1638 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
1639 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1640 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
1641 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
1642 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
1643 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1644 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
1645 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 1646
ccddd104 1647 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 1648
481a0aa2
LP
1649CHANGES WITH 220:
1650
f7a73a25
DH
1651 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
1652 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
1653 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
1654 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
1655 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
1656 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
1657 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
1658 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
1659
481a0aa2
LP
1660 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
1661 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
1662 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
1663 service consumed). This value is only available if
1664 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
1665 in the "systemctl status" output.
1666
1667 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
1668 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 1669 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
1670 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
1671 previously was already the default behaviour).
1672
1673 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
1674 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
1675 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
1676
1677 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
1678 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 1679 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
1680 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
1681
1682 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
1683 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
1684 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
1685 journalling file systems that support external journal
1686 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
1687 systems to be mounted.
1688
1689 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
1690 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
1691 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
1692 stable release this should not be problematic.
1693
1694 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
1695 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
1696 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
1697 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
1698 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
1699
1700 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
1701 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
1702 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
1703 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
1704 network switches.
1705
1706 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
1707 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
1708
1709 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
1710 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
1711 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
1712
1713 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
1714
1579dd2c
LP
1715 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
1716 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
1717 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
1718 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
1719 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
1720 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
1721 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
1722 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
1723 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
1724 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
1725 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
1726 been fixed in v220.
1727
481a0aa2
LP
1728 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
1729 systemd-networkd.
1730
1731 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
1732 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
1733 setting resource parameters (e.g "CPUShares=500") on
1734 containers started from the command line.
1735
1736 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
1737 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
1738
1739 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
1740 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
1741 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
1742 indirection via a pseudo tty.
1743
1744 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
1745 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
1746 when shutting down.
1747
1748 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
1749 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
1750 overlayfs support.
1751
1752 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
1753 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
1754 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
1755 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
1756 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
1757 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
1758 images are imported via systemd-importd.
1759
1760 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
1761 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
1762 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
1763
1764 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
1765 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
1766 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
1767 of v1 as before).
1768
1769 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
1770 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
1771
1772 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
1773 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
1774 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
1775 their own sessions without further privileges or
1776 authorization.
1777
1778 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
1779 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
1780 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
1781 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
1782 accessible via a bus interface.
1783
1784 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
1785 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
1786 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
1787 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
1788 to cover this functionality.
1789
1790 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 1791 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
1792 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
1793 disabled/masked also stopped.
1794
1795 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
1796 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
1797 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
1798
1799 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
1800 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
1801 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
1802 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
1803 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 1804 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
1805 like this and can extract OS release information from them
1806 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
1807 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
1808
1809 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
1810 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
1811 system.
1812
1813 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
1814 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
1815 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
1816 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
1817 device symlinks.
1818
1819 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
1820 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
1821 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
1822 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
1823
1824 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
1825 stick devices has been added.
1826
1827 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
1828 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
1829
1830 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
1831 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
1832 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
1833 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
1834 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
1835
1836 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
1837 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
1838 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
1839
1840 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
1841 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
1842 Debian.
1843
1844 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
1845 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
1846 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
1847
1848 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
1849 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
1850 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
1851 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
1852 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
1853 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
1854 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
1855 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1856 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
1857 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
1858 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1859 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
1860 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
1861 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
1862 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
1863 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
1864 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
1865 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1866 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
1867 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
1868 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
1869 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
1870 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
1871 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
1872 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
1873 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
1874 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1875
ccddd104 1876 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 1877
615aaf41
LP
1878CHANGES WITH 219:
1879
615aaf41
LP
1880 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
1881 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
1882 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
1883 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
1884 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
1885 interface with and update the database.
1886
1887 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
1888 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
1889 before bytewise copying is done.
1890
1891 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
1892 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
1893 directory, and immediately removed when the container
1894 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
1895 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
1896 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
1897 for starting a container off the root file system of the
1898 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
1899 available on btrfs file systems.
1900
1901 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
1902 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 1903 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
1904 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
1905 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
1906 systems.
1907
1908 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
1909 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
1910 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
1911 mount point remains.
1912
1913 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
1914 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
1915 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
1916 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
1917 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
1918 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
1919 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
1920 are disabled.
1921
1922 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
1923 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
1924 container to the host or vice versa.
1925
1926 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
1927 mount host directories into local containers. This is
1928 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
1929
1930 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
1931 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
1932
1933 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
1934 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
1935 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
1936 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
1937 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
1938 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
1939 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
1940 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
1941 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 1942 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
1943 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
1944 make the functionality of importd available to the
1945 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
1946 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
1947 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
1948 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
1949 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
1950 only fully supported on btrfs.
1951
1952 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
1953 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
1954 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
1955 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
1956 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
1957 information about images.
1958
1959 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
1960 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 1961 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
1962 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
1963 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
1964 legacy file systems).
1965
1966 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
1967 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
1968 shown in networkctl output.
1969
1970 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
1971 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
1972 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
1973 processes as system services while interactively
1974 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
1975 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
1976 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
1977 full login session, the difference being that the former
1978 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
1979 setup.
1980
1981 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
1982 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
1983 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
1984 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
1985 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
1986
1987 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
1988 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
1989 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
1990 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
1991 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
1992 via qemu/kvm.
1993
1994 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
1995 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
1996 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
1997 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
1998 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
1999 disk images, too.
2000
2001 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2002 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2003 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2004 integrate with that.
2005
2006 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2007 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2008 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2009 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2010
2011 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2012 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2013 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2014
2015 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2016 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2017 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2018 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2019 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2020 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2021 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2022 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2023 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2024 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2025
2026 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2027 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2028 files.
2029
2030 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
2031 per-service in PID 1.This is useful for daemons to ensure
2032 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 2033 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
2034 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2035 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2036 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2037 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2038 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2039 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2040 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2041 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2042 explicitly turned on.
2043
2044 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2045 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2046 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2047 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2048
2049 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2050 supported.
2051
2052 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2053 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2054 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2055 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2056 associated with a virtual machine or container
2057 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2058 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2059 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2060 output however.)
2061
2062 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2063 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2064 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2065 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2066 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2067 caller's session/user.
2068
2069 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2070 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2071 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2072 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2073 user services.
2074
2075 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2076 same way as unit files.
2077
2078 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2079 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2080 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2081 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2082 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2083 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2084 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2085 the host.
2086
2087 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2088 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2089 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2090 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2091 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2092 host.
2093
dd2fd155 2094 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
2095 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2096 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2097 updated to make use of it too by default.
2098
2099 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2100 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2101 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2102 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2103
2104 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2105 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2106 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2107 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2108 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2109 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2110 modification.
2111
2112 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2113 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2114 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 2115 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
2116 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2117 information about Touchpad types.
2118
2119 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2120 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2121
2122 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2123 Policy link field.
2124
2125 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2126 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2127
2128 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2129 ACLs on files.
2130
2131 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2132 tmpfs, automatically.
2133
2134 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2135 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2136 status" output, if available.
2137
2138 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2139 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2140 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2141 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2142 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2143 run on next reboot.
2144
2145 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2146 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2147 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2148 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2149 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2150 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2151 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2152
2153 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2154 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2155 after a configurable timeout.
2156
2157 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2158 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2159 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2160 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2161 it non-idle.
2162
2163 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2164 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2165
2166 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2167 each .network interface in networkd.
2168
2169 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2170 in .network files.
2171
2172 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2173 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2174
11ea2781 2175 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
2176 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2177 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2178 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2179 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2180 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2181 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2182 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2183 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2184 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2185 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2186 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2187 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2188 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2189 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
2190 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2191 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2192 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2193 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2194 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2195 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2196 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
2197 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2198 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 2199
ccddd104 2200 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 2201
d4f5a1f4
DH
2202CHANGES WITH 218:
2203
f9e00a9f
LP
2204 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2205 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2206 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 2207 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
2208
2209 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 2210 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
2211 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2212 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2213 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2214
2215 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2216
2217 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 2218 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
2219 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2220 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2221 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2222 modified configuration after editing.
2223
2224 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2225 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2226 system preset files.
2227
2228 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2229 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2230 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2231 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2232 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2233 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2234 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2235 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2236 other contexts.
2237
2238 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2239 inhibitors.
2240
122676c9 2241 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 2242 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
2243 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2244 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2245 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
2246
2247 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2248 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2249 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2250 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2251 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 2252 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
2253 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2254 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2255 parallel to journald.
2256
2257 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2258 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2259 available.
2260
2261 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2262 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 2263 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
2264 or are not older than the specified time.
2265
2266 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
2267 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
2268 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
2269 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
2270
2271 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
2272 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
2273 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
2274 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
2275 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
2276 communication.
2277
2278 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
2279 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
2280 services.
2281
2282 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
2283 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
2284 including their signature and values. This is particularly
2285 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
2286 the new "busctl tree" command.
2287
2288 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
2289 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
2290 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
2291 friendly way.
2292
2293 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
2294 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
2295 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
2296 race-ful way.
2297
2298 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
2299 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 2300 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
2301 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
2302 --link-journal=try-guest.
2303
2304 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
2305 stable MAC addresses.
2306
2307 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
2308 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
2309 the respective unit shall use.
2310
d4f5a1f4
DH
2311 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
2312 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
2313 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
2314 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
2315
b938cb90 2316 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 2317 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 2318 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
2319 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
2320 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
2321 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
2322
17c29493 2323 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
2324 details see:
2325
2326 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
2327
2328 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
2329 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
2330 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
2331 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
2332 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
2333 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
2334 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
2335 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
2336 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
2337 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
2338 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
2339 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
2340
f9e00a9f
LP
2341 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
2342 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
2343 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
2344 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
2345 bluetooth, ...) is used.
2346
2347 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
2348 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
2349 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
2350 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
2351 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
2352 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
2353 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
2354 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
2355
2356 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 2357 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
2358 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
2359 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
2360 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
2361 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
2362 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
2363 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
2364 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
2365 interface.
2366
2367 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
2368 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
2369 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
2370 luks.name= argument.
2371
2372 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
2373 (this was previously already available for scope and service
2374 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
2375 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
2376 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
2377 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
2378
2379 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
2380 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
2381 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
2382
13e92f39
LP
2383 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
2384 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
2385 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2386 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
2387 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
2388 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
2389 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
2390 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2391 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
2392 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
2393 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
2394 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
2395 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
2396 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
2397 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
2398 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
2399 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
2400 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 2401
ccddd104 2402 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 2403
b62a309a
ZJS
2404CHANGES WITH 217:
2405
78b6b7ce
LP
2406 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
2407 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
2408 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
2409 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 2410
a65b8245
ZJS
2411 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
2412 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
2413 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
2414 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 2415
b62a309a
ZJS
2416 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
2417 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
2418 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
2419 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 2420 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 2421 connection.
b62a309a 2422
78b6b7ce
LP
2423 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
2424 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
2425
2426 * User units are now loaded also from
2427 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
2428 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
2429 supported, but is under the control of the user.
2430
4ffd29fd
LP
2431 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
2432 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
2433 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
2434 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
2435 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
2436 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
2437 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
2438 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
2439 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
2440 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
2441 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
2442 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
2443 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
2444 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
2445 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
2446 question.
2447
b62a309a
ZJS
2448 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
2449 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
2450 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
2451
2452 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
2453 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
2454 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 2455 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 2456
78b6b7ce
LP
2457 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
2458 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
2459 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 2460 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
2461
2462 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
2463 systemd-networkd.
2464
ba8df74b 2465 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 2466 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
2467 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
2468
2469 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
2470 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
2471
2472 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
2473 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
2474 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
2475
78b6b7ce 2476 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 2477
4bdc60cb 2478 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 2479 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 2480 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
2481 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
2482 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
2483 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 2484
c4ac9900 2485 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
2486 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
2487 respected.
2488
2489 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
2490 virtualization.
2491
2492 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 2493 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
2494 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
2495 on.
b62a309a 2496
e6c253e3
MS
2497 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
2498
2499 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
2500
ba8df74b
KS
2501 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
2502 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
2503 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
2504 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
2505 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
2506 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
2507 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
2508
4bdc60cb
LP
2509 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
2510 available for service units, that allows locking all service
2511 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
2512 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
2513 from the service's view entirely.
2514
2515 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
2516 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
2517
2518 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
2519 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
2520 session.
2521
2522 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
2523 legacy-free systems.
2524
78b6b7ce
LP
2525 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
2526 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
2527 easily.
2528
2529 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
2530 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
2531 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
2532 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
2533 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
2534 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
2535 option.
2536
2537 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 2538 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
2539 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
2540 /usr.
2541
f6d1de85 2542 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
2543 services, not only the main process.
2544
2545 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
2546 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
2547 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
2548 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
2549 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
2550
3769415e
TT
2551 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
2552 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
2553 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
2554 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
2555 directly from now on, again.
2556
fae9332b
LP
2557 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
2558 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
2559 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
2560 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 2561 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
2562 unit file enabling and disabling.
2563
cfa1571b
LP
2564 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
2565 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
2566 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
2567 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
2568 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
2569 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
2570 unnecessary or unlikely.
2571
7e63dd10
LP
2572 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
2573 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 2574 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
2575 "anually", "hourly", ...).
2576
d4474c41
TG
2577 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
2578 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
2579 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
2580 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
2581 overwritten at runtime.
2582
3b187c5c
LP
2583 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
2584 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
2585 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
2586 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
2587 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
2588 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
2589 segmentation fault.
2590
4b08dd87
LP
2591 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
2592 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
2593 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
2594 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
2595 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
2596 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
2597 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
2598 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
2599 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
2600 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
2601 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
2602 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2603 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
2604 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
2605 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
2606 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
2607 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
2608 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
2609 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2610 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2611 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 2612 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 2613
ccddd104 2614 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 2615
b72ddf0f 2616CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
2617
2618 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 2619 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
2620 implementations should add a
2621
b72ddf0f 2622 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
2623
2624 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
2625 default functionality.
2626
2627 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
2628 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
2629 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
2630 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
2631 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
2632 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
2633 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
2634 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
2635 files might need to be owned by them. A new
2636 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
2637 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
2638 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
2639 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
2640
2641 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 2642 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
2643 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
2644 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
2645 expected to be added eventually, too.
2646
2647 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
2648 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
2649 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
2650 new command to update these fields.
2651
2652 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
2653 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
2654 have been discovered via DHCP.
2655
2656 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
2657 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
2658 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
2659 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
2660 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
2661 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
2662 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
2663 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 2664 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
2665 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
2666 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
2667 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 2668 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
2669 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
2670 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
2671 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
2672 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
2673 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
2674 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
2675 implementation to systemd-resolved.
2676
2677 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
2678 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
2679 containers to their respective IP addresses.
2680
2681 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
2682 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
2683 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 2684 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
2685 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
2686 control utility for networkd.
2687
2688 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
2689 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 2690 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
2691 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
2692 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
2693 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
2694 (NoDelay=).
2695
a1a4a25e 2696 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
2697 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
2698
2699 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
2700 be started only after timer-sync.target has been
2701 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
2702 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
2703 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
2704 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
2705
2706 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
2707 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
2708 of the link.
2709
2710 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
2711 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
2712
2713 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
2714 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
2715
2716 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
2717 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
2718 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
2719 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
2720
2721 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
2722 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
2723 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
2724 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
2725 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
2726 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
2727 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
2728 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
2729
2730 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
2731 validation of unit files.
2732
2733 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
2734 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
2735 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
2736 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
2737 address may now be configured.
2738
26568403
TG
2739 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
2740 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
2741 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
2742 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
2743
2744 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
2745 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
2746
2747 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
2748 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
2749 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
2750 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
2751
b2ca0d63
LP
2752 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
2753 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
2754 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
2755 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
2756 implementation.
2757
2758 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
2759 journal data to a remote system running
2760 systemd-journal-remote.
2761
2762 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
2763 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
2764 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
2765 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
2766 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 2767 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
2768 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
2769 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
2770 version, you have to turn this option on again
2771 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
2772
2773 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
2774 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
2775 better than XZ which was the previous default.
2776
2777 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
2778 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
2779
2780 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
2781 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
2782
2783 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
2784 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
2785 "systemctl status" output for a service.
2786
2787 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
2788 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 2789 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
2790 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
2791 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
2792
01da80b1
LP
2793 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
2794
2795 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
2796
2797 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
2798 when primary addresses are removed.
2799
b2ca0d63
LP
2800 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
2801 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
2802 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
2803 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
2804 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
2805 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
2806 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2807 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2808 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
2809 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
2810 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
2811 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
2812 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
2813 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
2814 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2815
ccddd104 2816 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 2817
3dff3e00 2818CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
2819
2820 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
2821 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
2822 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
2823 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
2824 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
2825 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
2826 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
2827 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
2828 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
2829 require.
2830
2831 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
2832 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
2833
2834 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
2835 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
2836 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
2837 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
2838 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
2839 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
2840 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
2841
2842 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
2843 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
2844 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
2845 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
2846 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
2847 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
2848 update or reset should use this condition and order
2849 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
2850 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
2851 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
2852 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
2853 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
2854 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
2855 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 2856 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
2857 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
2858
2859 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
2860
2861 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
2862 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
2863 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
2864 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
2865
24a2bf4c
LP
2866 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
2867 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
2868 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
2869 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
2870 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
2871 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
2872 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
2873 .network files using settings of this section should be
2874 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
2875 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 2876
c7435cc9
LP
2877 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
2878 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
2879
2880 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
2881 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
2882 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
2883 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
2884 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
2885 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
2886 of nspawn instances.
2887
2888 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
2889 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
2890 added.
2891
2892 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
2893 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
2894 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
2895 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
2896 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
2897 configuration stored in /etc.
2898
2899 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
2900 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
2901 parsing of unknown mount options.
2902
2903 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
2904 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
2905 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 2906 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
2907 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
2908 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
2909 pre-existing files of different types.
2910
2911 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
2912 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 2913 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
2914 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
2915 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
2916 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
2917 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
2918
2919 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
2920 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
2921 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
2922 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
2923 shall be executed.
2924
2925 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
2926 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 2927 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
2928
2929 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
2930 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
2931 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
2932 reset.
2933
2934 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
2935 most basic services systemd ships by default.
2936
2937 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
2938 field for defining the default instance to create if a
2939 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
2940
2941 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
2942 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
2943 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
2944
2945 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
2946 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
2947 access to this group.
2948
2949 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
2950 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
2951 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
2952 to the journal.
2953
2954 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
2955 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
2956 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
2957 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
2958 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
2959 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
2960
2961 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
2962 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
2963 that makes sure to only show information about the most
2964 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
2965 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
2966 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
2967 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
2968 the old name to the new name.
2969
2970 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 2971 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
2972 coredumpctl without restrictions.
2973
2974 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
2975 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
2976 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
2977 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
2978 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
2979 "systemd-debug-generator".
2980
2981 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
2982 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
2983 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
2984 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
2985 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
2986 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
2987 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
2988 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
2989 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
2990 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
2991 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
2992
2993 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
2994 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
2995 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
2996 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
2997 been added to query many of these paths for the local
2998 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
2999
3000 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3001 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3002 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3003 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3004 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3005
3006 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3007 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3008 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3009 couple of drop-in directories.
3010
3058e017
TLSC
3011 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3012 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3013 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3014 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3015 for dev_port.
3016
c7435cc9
LP
3017 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3018 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3019 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3020 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3021
3022 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3023 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3024 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3025 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3026 Restart= setting.
3027
3028 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3029 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3030 directly connect to a specific container on the
3031 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3032 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3033 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3034 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3035 containers is a privileged operation.
3036
3037 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3038 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3039 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3040 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3041 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3042 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3043 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3044 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3045 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3046 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3047 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3048 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3049
ccddd104 3050 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 3051
4196a3ea
KS
3052CHANGES WITH 214:
3053
3054 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3055 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3056 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3057 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3058 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3059 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3060 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3061 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3062 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 3063 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 3064 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 3065 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 3066 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
3067 devices are excluded from this logic.
3068
04e91da2
LP
3069 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3070 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3071 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3072 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3073 change has been released.
3074
3075 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 3076 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
3077 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3078
3079 * Virtualization detection works without priviliges now. This
3080 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3081 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 3082 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
3083
3084 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3085 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3086 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3087 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3088
a8eaaee7 3089 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3090 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3091
a8eaaee7 3092 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3093 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3094
3095 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 3096 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
3097 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3098
3099 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3100 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 3101 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
3102 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3103 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 3104 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 3105
cd14eda3 3106 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
3107 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3108 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 3109
ef392da6 3110 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 3111 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
3112 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3113 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3114 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3115 modifications of user data or system files from
3116 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3117 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3118
3119 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3120 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3121 and FIFOs in the file system.
3122
8d0e0ddd 3123 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
3124 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3125 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3126
3127 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3128 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 3129 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 3130 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
3131 the socket itself.
3132
3133 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3134 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3135 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3136 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3137 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3138 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3139 symlinks, and nothing else.
3140
3141 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3142 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3143 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3144 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3145 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3146 process (for example, the parent process). The
3147 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3148 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3149 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3150 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3151 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3152 messages to services when the originating process already
3153 vanished.
3154
3155 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 3156 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
3157 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3158 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3159 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3160 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3161 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3162 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3163 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3164 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3165 all long-running services.
3166
3167 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3168 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3169 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3170 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3171 service.
3172
3173 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3174 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3175 applied to all submounts, too.
3176
3177 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3178
3179 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3180 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3181 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3182 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3183 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3184 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3185 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3186
cc98b302 3187 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
3188 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3189 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 3190 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
3191 (domU) domains.
3192
3193 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3194 files or entire directories.
3195
3196 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
3197 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3198 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3199 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
3200 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3201
3202 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3203 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3204 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3205 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
3206 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3207 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 3208 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 3209 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
3210 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3211 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3212 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3213 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3214
3215 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3216 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3217 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3218 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3219
3220 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3221 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 3222 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 3223 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
3224 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3225 non-directories.
3226
3227 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3228 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3229 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3230
4c0d13bd
LP
3231 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3232 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3233 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3234 this group.
3235
dc1d6c02
LP
3236 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3237 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3238 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3239 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3240 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3241 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3242 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3243
ccddd104 3244 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 3245
6936cd89
LP
3246CHANGES WITH 213:
3247
3248 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 3249 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 3250 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 3251 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 3252 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
3253 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3254 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 3255 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 3256 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
3257 client should be more than appropriate for most
3258 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3259 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3260 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3261 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3262 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 3263 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 3264 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 3265 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 3266 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 3267 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 3268 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 3269
69beda1f
KS
3270 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
3271 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
3272 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
3273 part of a different namespace.
3274
3275 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
3276 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
3277 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
3278 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
3279
3280 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
3281 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 3282 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
3283
3284 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
3285 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 3286 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 3287 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
3288 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
3289 restart the service in question.
3290
3291 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
3292 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
3293 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
3294 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
3295 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
3296
3297 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
3298 graphs it generates.
3299
3300 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
3301 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
3302 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
3303 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
3304 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
3305
3306 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
3307
3308 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
3309 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
3310 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
3311 what it was on SysV systems.
3312
3313 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
3314 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
3315
3316 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
3317 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
3318 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
3319 files.
3320
3321 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
3322 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
3323 to show these addresses in its output.
3324
3325 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
3326 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
3327 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
3328 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
3329 preferred over a text one.
3330
3331 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
3332 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
3333 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
3334 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
3335 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
3336 mDNS cache.
3337
68dd0956
TG
3338 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
3339 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
3340 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
3341 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
3342 of network configuration performed in some other way.
3343
6936cd89 3344 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 3345 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 3346 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 3347 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
3348 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
3349
8e7acf67
LP
3350 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
3351 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
3352 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 3353 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
3354 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
3355 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
3356 overrides any other settings.
3357
3358 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
3359 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3360 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
3361 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
3362 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
3363 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
3364 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
3365 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
3366 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
3367 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
3368 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
3369 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
3370 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
3371 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
3372 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
3373 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
3374 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3375
ccddd104 3376 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 3377
51c61cda
LP
3378CHANGES WITH 212:
3379
3380 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
3381 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
3382 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
3383 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
3384 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
3385 by accident.
3386
3387 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
3388 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
3389 registered with machined.
3390
3391 * sd-login gained new calls
3392 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
3393 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 3394 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
3395 counterparts.
3396
3397 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
3398 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
3399 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
3400 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
3401 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
3402 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
3403 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
3404 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
3405 once.
3406
3407 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
3408 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
3409 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
3410
3411 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
3412 units on all local containers, when used with the
3413 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
3414 executed when no parameters are specified).
3415
3416 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
3417 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
3418 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
3419 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
3420
3421 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 3422 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
3423 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
3424 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
3425 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
3426 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
3427
3428 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
3429 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
3430 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
3431 of the container.
3432
3433 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
3434 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
3435 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
3436 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
3437 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
3438 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
3439 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
3440 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
3441
3442 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
3443 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
3444 instead of /.
3445
3446 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
3447 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
3448 emergency messages now.
3449
3450 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
3451 journal log messages across the network.
3452
3453 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
3454 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
3455 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
3456 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
3457 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
3458 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
3459 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
3460
3461 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
3462 down a local OS container.
3463
3464 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
3465 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
3466 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
3467
3468 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
3469 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
3470 this is appropriate.
3471
3472 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 3473 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
3474 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
3475
3476 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
3477 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
3478 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
3479 for debugging purposes.
3480
3481 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
3482 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
3483 in seconds.
3484
3485 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
3486 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
3487 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
3488 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
3489 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
3490 like on traditional inetd.
3491
3492 * A new system.conf configuration option
3493 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
3494 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
3495
b8bde116 3496 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3497 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
3498 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
3499 do these days).
3500
b8bde116 3501 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3502 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
3503 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
3504 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
3505 could not take place because the system was powered off.
3506 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
3507
3508 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
3509 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
3510 it will be triggered.
3511
3512 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
3513 addresses to its local interfaces.
3514
3515 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
3516 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
3517 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
3518 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
3519 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
3520 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
3521 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
3522 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
3523 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3524
ccddd104 3525 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 3526
699b6b34
LP
3527CHANGES WITH 211:
3528
3529 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
3530 added to restrict which socket address families unit
3531 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
3532 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
3533 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
3534 is built on seccomp system call filters.
3535
3536 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
3537 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
3538 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
3539 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
3540 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
3541 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
3542 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
3543 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 3544 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
3545
3546 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
3547 matching against device group names.
3548
3549 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
3550 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
3551 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
3552 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 3553 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
3554 though.
3555
3556 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
3557 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
3558 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 3559 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34
LP
3560 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3561 (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
3562 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
3563 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 3564 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
3565
3566 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
3567 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
3568 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3569 (see above). This means that installations made with
3570 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
3571 deployed using container managers, completely
3572 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
3573 this feature soon, too.)
3574
3575 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
3576 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 3577 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
3578 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
3579
3580 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
3581 using IPv4LL.
3582
3583 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
3584 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
3585 systemd-networkd.
3586
3587 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
3588 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
3589 still not a public API though (unless you specify
3590 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
3591 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
3592
3593 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
3594 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
3595 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 3596 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
3597 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
3598 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
3599 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
3600 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
3601 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
3602 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
3603 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 3604 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
3605 users.
3606
3607 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
3608 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
3609 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
3610 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
3611 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
3612 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
3613 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
3614 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
3615 due to a closed lid.
3616
3617 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
3618 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
3619 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
3620 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 3621 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
3622 order to then act as suspend blocker.
3623
3624 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
3625 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
3626 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
3627 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
3628 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
3629
3630 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
3631 now also work in --scope mode.
3632
3633 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
3634 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
3635 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
3636 promises are made.)
3637
3638 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
3639 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3640 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
3641 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
3642 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
3643 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
3644 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
3645 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
3646 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
3647 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3648
ccddd104 3649 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 3650
43c71255
LP
3651CHANGES WITH 210:
3652
3653 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
3654 according to SMACK rules.
3655
67dd87c5 3656 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
3657 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
3658
3659 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
3660 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
3661 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
3662
3663 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
3664 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
3665 and machine ID.
3666
ed28905e 3667 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 3668 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 3669 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
3670 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
3671 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 3672 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 3673 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 3674 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
3675 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
3676 backpack or similar.
3677
3678 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
3679 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 3680 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 3681 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
3682 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
3683 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
3684 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
3685 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
3686 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
3687 this on its own.
3688
3689 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
3690 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
3691 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
3692 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
3693
3694 * We will now ship a default .network file for
3695 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
3696 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
3697 --network-bridge= switches.
3698
3699 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
3700 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
3701 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
3702 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
3703 metrics, according to what is customary according to
3704 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
3705 each configuration option.
3706
3707 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 3708 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 3709 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 3710 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
3711 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
3712
3713 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
3714 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
3715 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
3716 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
3717 triggered by other work being done in the program.
3718
3719 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
3720 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
3721 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
3722 default however.
3723
b8bde116 3724 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
3725 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
3726 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 3727 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
3728 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
3729 them with systemd-networkd.
3730
d27893ef
LP
3731 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
3732 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
3733 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 3734 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
3735 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
3736 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 3737 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
3738 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
3739 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 3740 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 3741 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
3742 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
3743 during a transitional period!
3744
13b28d82 3745 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
3746 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3747 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
3748 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
3749 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3750 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
3751 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3752 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3753
ccddd104 3754 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 3755
e49b5aad
LP
3756CHANGES WITH 209:
3757
3758 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
3759 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
3760 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
3761 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 3762 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
3763 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
3764 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 3765 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 3766 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 3767 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
3768 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
3769 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
3770
3771 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 3772 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
3773 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
3774 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 3775 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
3776
3777 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
3778 shutdown/boot.
3779
8b7d0494
JSJ
3780 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
3781 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
3782
3783 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
3784 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 3785 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
3786 prepared for additional security frameworks.
3787
3788 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
3789 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 3790 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 3791 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 3792 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
3793 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
3794
dfb08b05
ZJS
3795 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
3796 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
3797 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 3798 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
3799 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
3800 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
3801 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
3802 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
3803 be adapated to override 99-default.link instead.
3804
e49b5aad 3805 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 3806 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
3807
3808 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
3809 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
3810 implementation.
3811
3812 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 3813 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
3814 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
3815 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
3816 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
3817 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
3818 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
3819 and .service units.
3820
3821 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
3822 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
3823 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
3824
8b7d0494 3825 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 3826 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 3827 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
3828 nothing makes use of it.
3829
3830 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
3831 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
3832 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
3833
3834 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
3835 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
3836 compatibility purposes.
3837
3838 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
3839 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
3840 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 3841 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
3842 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
3843 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
3844 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
3845 process handling.
3846
3847 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
3848 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
3849 style to "sd-bus.h".
3850
7e95eda5
PF
3851 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
3852 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
3853 "systemd-networkd".
3854
4c2413bf 3855 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
3856 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
3857 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
3858 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
3859 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
3860
3861 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
3862 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
3863 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
3864 PID1's support for that anymore.
3865
8b7d0494 3866 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
3867 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
3868
3869 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
3870 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
3871 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
3872 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
3873 container that is registered with machined, such as those
3874 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
3875
3876 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 3877 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
3878 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
3879 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
3880
3881 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
3882 login in any local container. This works with any container
3883 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 3884 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
3885
3886 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
3887 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
3888 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
3889 system of some kind.
3890
3891 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
3892 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
3893 next.
3894
3895 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
3896 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
3897 reboot() system call.
3898
3899 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
3900 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 3901 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
3902 still available but not advertised anymore.
3903
e49b5aad
LP
3904 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
3905 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 3906 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
3907 within each Unit.
3908
270f1624
LP
3909 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
3910 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 3911 the kernel).
e49b5aad 3912
4670e9d5 3913 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
3914 timestamps (following the setting in
3915 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
3916
3917 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
3918 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
3919
3920 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
3921 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
3922
3923 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
3924 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
3925 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
3926
3927 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
3928 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
3929 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
3930 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
3931
3932 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
3933 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
3934 those commands which take multiple unit names.
3935
3936 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
3937
3938 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
3939 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
3940
4c2413bf 3941 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
3942 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
3943 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
3944 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
3945
3946 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
3947 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
3948 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
3949 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
3950
e49b5aad
LP
3951 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
3952 of the legend text.
3953
3954 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
3955 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
3956 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
3957 remote sessions.
3958
8e420494
LP
3959 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
3960 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
3961
3962 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
3963 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
3964 the system manager.
3965
1e190502 3966 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
3967 short description of the connection parameters in the
3968 description.
3969
4c2413bf 3970 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 3971 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 3972 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
3973 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
3974 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
3975 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
3976 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 3977
c0c5af00 3978 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 3979 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 3980 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
3981 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
3982 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
3983 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 3984 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 3985 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
3986 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
3987
6300b3ec
LP
3988 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
3989 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
3990 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
3991 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
3992 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
3993 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 3994 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 3995 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
3996 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
3997 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
3998 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
3999 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4000 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4001 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4002 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4003 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4004 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4005 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4006 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 4007 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 4008 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
4009 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4010 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4011
8b7d0494 4012 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 4013 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
4014 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4015 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4016 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 4017 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
4018 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4019 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 4020 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 4021 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
4022 APIs.
4023
4024 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 4025 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 4026 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
4027 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4028 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4029 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 4030
81c7dd89 4031 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 4032 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 4033 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 4034 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 4035 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
4036 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4037 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4038 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4039 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4040 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4041 one of them is updated.
4042
e49b5aad 4043 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 4044 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
4045 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4046 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4047 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4048
4049 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4050 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4051 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 4052 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 4053 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
4054 entry points.
4055
4056 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4057 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4058 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4059 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 4060 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
4061
4062 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 4063 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
4064 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4065 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4066
1e190502
ZJS
4067 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4068 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4069 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 4070
1e190502
ZJS
4071 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4072 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4073 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
4074
4075 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4076 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 4077 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
4078
4079 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4080 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
4081
4082 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 4083 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 4084 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 4085 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
4086 all remaining processes of the service.
4087
4c2413bf
JE
4088 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4089 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
4090 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4091 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4092 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 4093 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
4094 manager process which created them takes no further
4095 responsibilities for it.
4096
1e190502 4097 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
4098 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4099 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4100 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4101 marked executable or world-writable.
4102
4103 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 4104 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
4105 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4106 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
4107
4108 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4109 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 4110 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 4111 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
4112
4113 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4114 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 4115 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
4116 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4117
4118 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4119 with specific SELinux labels set.
4120
4121 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4122 any additional output but the container's own console
4123 output.
4124
4125 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4126 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4127
4128 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 4129 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 4130 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
4131 OS images, but only specific apps.
4132
4133 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 4134 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 4135 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 4136 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
4137
4138 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4139 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 4140 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
4141 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4142 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4143 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 4144
6afc95b7
LP
4145 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4146 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 4147 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
4148 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4149 units to use.
6afc95b7 4150
e49b5aad
LP
4151 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4152 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4153 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4154 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4155
4156 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4157 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4158 context for a service.
4159
4160 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4161 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
4162 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4163 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
4164 influence this logic.
4165
4166 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4167 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4168 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4169 other things.
4170
4c2413bf 4171 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 4172 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
4173 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4174 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
4175 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4176 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4177 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 4178 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 4179 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
4180 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4181
210054d7
KS
4182 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4183 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4184
e49b5aad
LP
4185 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4186 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4187 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4188 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4189 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4190 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4191 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4192 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4193 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4194 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4195 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4196 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4197 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4198 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4199 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4200 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4201 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4202 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4203 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4204 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4205 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4206 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4207 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4208 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4209
ccddd104 4210 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 4211
cd4010b3
LP
4212CHANGES WITH 208:
4213
4214 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4215 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4216 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4217 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4218 access input and drm devices which are normally
4219 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4220 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4221 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4222 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4223 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4224 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4225 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4226 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4227
4228 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 4229 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
4230 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4231
4232 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4233 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4234 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4235 kernel version number.
4236
4237 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4238 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 4239 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
4240
4241 * This release removes high-level support for the
4242 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4243 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4244 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 4245 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
4246
4247 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4248 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4249 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
4250 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4251 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
4252 cgroup system.
4253
4254 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4255 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4256 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4257 logs among other things.
4258
4259 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4260 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4261 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4262 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
4263 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
4264 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
4265 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
4266 journald which would be necessary to resolve
4267 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
4268 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
4269 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
4270 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
4271 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
4272 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
4273 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
4274 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
4275 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
4276 not delayed until next reboot.
4277
4278 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
4279 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
4280 systemd generated files in one directory.
4281
4282 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
4283 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
4284 performance information if that's available to determine how
4285 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
4286 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
4287 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
4288
4289 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
4290 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
4291 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
4292 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4293 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
4294 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
4295 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4296
ccddd104 4297 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 4298
4f0be680
LP
4299CHANGES WITH 207:
4300
4301 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 4302 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
4303 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
4304 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
4305
4306 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
4307 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
4308 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
4309 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
4310 specified on the kernel command line less important.
4311
4312 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
4313 retrieve the VT number of a session.
4314
4315 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
4316 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
4317 maximum number of tries.
4318
4319 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
4320 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
4321 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
4322
4323 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
4324 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
4325
4326 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
4327 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 4328 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 4329
f3a165b0
KS
4330 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
4331 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
4332 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
4333
4334 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
4335 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 4336 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
4337 and type).
4338
f3a165b0 4339 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
4340 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
4341
4342 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
4343 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 4344 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
4345 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
4346
4347 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
4348 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
4349 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
4350 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
4351 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
4352 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
4353 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
4354 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
4355
4356 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
4357 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
4358 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
4359 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
4360
387abf80
LP
4361 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
4362 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
4363 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
4364 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
4365 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
4366 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
4367 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 4368
4f0be680
LP
4369 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
4370 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
4371
4372 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
4373 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
4374 automatically after the process terminated.
4375
4376 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
4377 certain paths from operation.
4378
4379 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
4380 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
4381 is received.
4f0be680
LP
4382
4383 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
4384 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
4385 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
4386 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
4387 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
4388 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
4389 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4390 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
4391 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4392 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
4393 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4394 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
4395 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4396
ccddd104 4397 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 4398
408f281b
LP
4399CHANGES WITH 206:
4400
4401 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
4402 concepts introduced with 205.
4403
4404 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
4405 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
4406 -r".
4407
4408 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
4409 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 4410 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
4411
4412 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
4413 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
4414 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
4415 the journal.
4416
4417 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
4418 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
4419 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
4420
4421 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
4422 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
4423 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
4424 browsing logs from that point on.
4425
4426 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
4427 of an FSS key.
4428
251cc819
LP
4429 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
4430 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
4431 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
4432 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
4433 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 4434 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
4435 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
4436 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
4437 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
4438 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
4439 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
4440 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
4441 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
4442 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
4443
4444 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
4445 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
4446 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer whithout loading the
4447 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
4448
4449 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
4450 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
4451
4452 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
4453 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
4454
251cc819
LP
4455 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
4456 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
4457
4458 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
4459
4460 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
4461 support for passing performance data via environment
4462 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
4463 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
4464 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
4465 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
4466 deserialize it again.
4467
28f5c779
KS
4468 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
4469 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
4470 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
4471 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 4472
251cc819
LP
4473 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
4474 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
4475 completely silent shutdown when used.
4476
4477 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
4478 option in .socket units.
4479
4480 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
4481 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
4482 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
4483 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
4484 system.slice as before.
4485
4486 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
4487
4488 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
4489 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
4490 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4491 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
4492 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
4493 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
4494 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4495
ccddd104 4496 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 4497
00aa832b
LP
4498CHANGES WITH 205:
4499
4500 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
4501
4502 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 4503 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
4504 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
4505 possible for system services and applications to group their
4506 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
4507 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
4508 together, or apply resource limits on them.
4509
4510 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 4511 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
4512 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
4513 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
4514 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
4515
4516 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
4517 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
4518 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
4519 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
4520
4521 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
4522 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
4523 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
4524 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
4525 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
4526 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
4527 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
4528 and useful as a general batch manager.
4529
4530 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
4531 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
4532 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
4533 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
4534 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
4535 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
4536 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
4537 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
4538 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
4539 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
4540
4541 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
4542 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
4543 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
4544 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
4545 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
4546 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
4547 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
4548 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
4549 is compile-time optional.
4550
4551 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
4552 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
4553 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
4554 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
4555 well as slice units.
4556
4557 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
4558 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
4559 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
4560 but will be extended later on to make more properties
4561 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
4562 command that wraps this call.
4563
4564 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
4565 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
4566 while configuring a number of settings via the command
4567 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
4568 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
4569 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
4570 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
4571
4572 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
4573 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
4574 off audit.
4575
4576 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
4577 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
4578
4579 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4580 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
4581 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
4582 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
4583
4584 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
4585 snippets extending unit files.
4586
4587 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
4588 not available as public API.
4589
4590 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 4591 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
4592 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
4593
4594 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
4595 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
4596 controls what to boot into by default.
4597
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4598 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
4599 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
4600
00aa832b
LP
4601 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
4602 generators needed for execution, as well as information
4603 about the unit file loading.
4604
00aa832b
LP
4605 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
4606 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
4607 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
4608 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
4609 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
4610 racy due to journal file rotation.
4611
4612 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
4613 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
4614 all services.
4615
4616 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
4617 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
4618 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
4619 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
4620 system services want to log events about specific client
4621 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
4622 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
4623 unit is requested.
4624
4625 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
4626 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
4627 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
4628 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
4629 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
4630 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4631 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
4632 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
4633 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
4634 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
4635 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4636 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4637 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
4638
606c24e3
LP
4639CHANGES WITH 204:
4640
4641 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
4642 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
4643
4644 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
4645 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
4646 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
4647
4648 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
4649 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4650
2f3fcf85
LP
4651CHANGES WITH 203:
4652
4653 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
4654 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
4655
4656 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
4657 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
4658 fields, including the root directory.
4659
4660 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
4661 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 4662 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
4663 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
4664 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
4665 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
4666 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
4667 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
4668 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
4669 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
4670 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
4671
4672 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
4673 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
4674
4675 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
4676 have taken an inhibitor lock.
4677
4678 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
4679 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
4680 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
4681 the local hostname.
4682
4683 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
4684 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
4685 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
4686 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
4687 VMs/containers coming and going.
4688
4689 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
4690 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
4691 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
4692
4693 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
4694 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
4695 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
4696 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
4697
4698 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
4699 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
4700 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
4701
4702 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
4703 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
4704 services. With the container's root directory in
4705 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
4706 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
4707
4708 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
4709 the processes within a certain container.
4710
4711 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
4712 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
4713 check though. Patches welcome!
4714
4715 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
4716 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
4717 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
4718 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
4719 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
4720
4721 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
4722 the passed argument if applicable.
4723
4724 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4725 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
4726 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
4727 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4728 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
4729 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
4730 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
4731 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4732
ef3b5246
LP
4733CHANGES WITH 202:
4734
4735 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
4736 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
4737 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
4738 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
4739 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
4740 units activate.
4741
4742 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
4743 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
4744 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
4745 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
4746 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
4747 for now, and not installable.
4748
4749 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
4750 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
4751 can run in conjunction with udev.
4752
4753 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
4754 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
4755 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
4756 session manager.
4757
4758 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
4759 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
4760 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
4761 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
4762 services, user processes and containers/virtual
4763 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
4764 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 4765 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
4766 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
4767 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
4768 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
4769
4770 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
4771
4772 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
4773 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
4774 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
4775 logical expressions.
4776
4777 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
4778 switches.
4779
4780 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
4781 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 4782 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
4783 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
4784 the user.
4785
cbeabcfb
ZJS
4786 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
4787 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
4788 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
4789 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
4790 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
4791 an entry.
4792
ef3b5246
LP
4793 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
4794 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4795 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
4796 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
4797 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
4798 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4799
d3a86981
LP
4800CHANGES WITH 201:
4801
4802 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
4803 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
4804 directory.
4805
4806 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
4807 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
4808 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
4809 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
4810 problem.
4811
4812 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
4813 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
4814 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
4815 before the key file is attempted to be read.
4816
4817 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
4818 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
4819
4820 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
4821 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
4822 files in this context are files such as
4823 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
4824
4825 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
4826 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
4827 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
4828 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
4829 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
4830 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
4831
4832 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
4833 hostnames.
4834
4835 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
4836 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
4837 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
4838 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
4839 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
4840 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
4841 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
4842 all time-related output of systemd.
4843
4844 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
4845 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
4846 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
4847 loops.
4848
4849 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
4850 (models, layouts, variants, options).
4851
4852 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
4853 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 4854 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
4855 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
4856 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
4857
4858 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
4859 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
4860 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
4861 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
4862 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
4863 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
4864 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
4865
9ca3c17f
LP
4866CHANGES WITH 200:
4867
4868 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
4869 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
4870 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
4871 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
4872 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
4873 middle ground between physical and access time order.
4874
4875 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
4876 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
4877 images.
4878
4879 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
4880 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
4881 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4882
35911459
LP
4883CHANGES WITH 199:
4884
4885 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
4886
4887 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
4888 security policy.
4889
4890 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
4891 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
4892 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
4893 shared by all processes of a service (which means
4894 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
4895 the same service can still access). When a service is
4896 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 4897 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
4898 this though).
4899
4900 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
4901 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
4902 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
4903 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
4904 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
4905 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
4906
4907 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 4908 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
4909
4910 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
4911 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
4912
4913 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
4914
c20d8298 4915 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
4916 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
4917 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
4918 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
4919 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
4920
4921 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
4922 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
4923 system is to be mounted.
4924
4925 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
4926 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
4927 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
4928 purpose for socket units.
4929
6a7d3d68
LP
4930 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
4931 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
4932
a87197f5
ZJS
4933 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
4934 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 4935 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 4936 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
c20d8298
KS
4937 paralellism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
4938
35911459
LP
4939 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
4940 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
4941 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4942 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4943 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
4944 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
4945 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4946 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4947 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4948
85d68397
LP
4949CHANGES WITH 198:
4950
4951 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
4952 files without having to edit/override the unit files
4953 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
4954 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
4955 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 4956 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
4957 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
4958 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
4959 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
4960 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
4961 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
4962 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
4963 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
4964 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
4965 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 4966 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
4967 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
4968 for them too.
4969
4970 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 4971 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
4972 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
4973 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
4974 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
4975 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
4976 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
4977 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
4978 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
4979
4980 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
4981 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
4982
40e21da8 4983 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
4984 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
4985 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
4986 other users.
4987
4988 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
4989 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
4990 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
4991 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
4992 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 4993 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
4994 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
4995 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 4996 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
4997 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
4998 supported.
4999
5000 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
5001 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5002 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
5003
5004 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5005 call.
5006
6aa8d43a
LP
5007 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5008 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5009 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
5010 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5011 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5012 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
5013 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5014 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5015 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5016 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5017 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5018 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5019 also been removed.
85d68397 5020
40e21da8 5021 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 5022 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
5023 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5024 objects themselves.
5025
5026 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5027
5028 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5029 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 5030 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
5031 to how this is supported in shells.
5032
5033 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5034 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5035 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5036 user systemd instance.
5037
5038 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5039 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5040 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5041 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5042 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5043 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5044 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5045 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5046 one day for good in the kernel.
5047
5048 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5049 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5050 container.
5051
40e21da8 5052 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 5053 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
5054 the host into the container.
5055
5056 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
5057 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5058 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5059 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5060 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5061 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397
LP
5062
5063 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5064
5065 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5066 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
5067 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5068 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
5069
5070 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5071 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5072 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5073 system resume events.
5074
5075 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5076 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 5077 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 5078 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
5079
5080 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5081 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5082 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5083 card).
5084
5085 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5086 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5087 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5088
bf933560
KS
5089 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5090 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5091 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
5092
5093 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5094 now carry a message ID.
5095
5096 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5097 continues to be work in progress.
5098
5099 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5100 root directory to operate relative to.
5101
40e21da8
KS
5102 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5103 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
5104 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5105 times a little.
5106
5107 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5108 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5109 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5110 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5111 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5112 request boot into firmware operations.
5113
5114 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5115 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5116 correctly in initrds.
5117
5118 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5119 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5120
5121 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5122 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5123
5124 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5125 the status of all active or failed units.
5126
5127 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5128 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5129 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 5130 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
5131 requests more robust.
5132
5133 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5134 reading journal files.
5135
5136 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5137 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5138
5139 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5140
5141 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 5142 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
5143
5144 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5145 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5146 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5147 socket activation in daemons.
5148
5149 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5150 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5151
43447fb7
LP
5152 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5153 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5154 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5155
85d68397 5156 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 5157 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
5158 system units.
5159
5160 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5161 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5162 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5163
5164 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5165 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5166 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 5167 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
5168 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5169 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5170 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5171 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5172 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5173 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5174 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 5175 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
5176 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5177 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5178 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5179 package installation time.
5180
5181 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5182 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5183 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5184 installation time.
5185
5186 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5187 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5188
5189 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5190
40e21da8
KS
5191 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5192 available.
85d68397 5193
1aed4590
LP
5194 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5195 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5196
85d68397
LP
5197 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5198 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5199 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5200 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5201 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5202 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5203 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5204 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5205 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5206 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5207 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5208 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5209 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5210 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5211
8ad26859
LP
5212CHANGES WITH 197:
5213
5214 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5215 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5216 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5217 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5218 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5219 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5220 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5221 the supported calendar time specification language see
5222 systemd.time(7).
5223
5224 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5225 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5226 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5227 document for details:
5228
5229 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5230
5231 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
5232 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5233 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
5234 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5235 dependencies.
5236
5237 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5238 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5239 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5240 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5241 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5242 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5243 with a configure switch.
5244
5245 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5246 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5247 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5248 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5249 such as ext4.
5250
5251 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5252 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5253 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5254
5255 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5256 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5257
5258 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5259 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5260 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5261 using only core OS tools.
5262
5263 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
5264 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
5265 implementation of socket activated nspawn
5266 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
5267 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
5268 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
5269 eventually.
5270
5271 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
5272 presenting log data.
5273
5274 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
5275 a unit if a the control group is empty anyway.
5276
5277 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
5278 system on idle.
5279
5280 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
5281 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
5282 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
5283 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
5284 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
5285 information if possible.
5286
5287 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
5288 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
5289 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
5290
5291 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
5292 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
5293 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
5294 is running on battery power.
5295
5296 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
5297 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
5298 is in the "failed" state.
5299
5300 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
5301 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
5302 environment files at once.
5303
5304 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
5305 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
5306 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
5307 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
5308 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
5309 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
5310 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
5311 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
5312 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
5313 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
5314 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
5315 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
5316 pieces of code locally from the git history.
5317
5318 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
5319 log the unit name in the message meta data.
5320
5321 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
5322 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
5323
5324 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
5325 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
5326 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
5327 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
5328 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
5329 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
5330 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
5331 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
5332 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
5333 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
5334 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
5335 shipped from us upstream.
5336
5337 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
5338 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
5339 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
5340 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
5341 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5342 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5343 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
5344 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
5345 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
5346 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
5347 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
5348 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
5349 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5350
0428ddb7
LP
5351CHANGES WITH 196:
5352
5353 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
5354 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
5355 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
5356 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
5357 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
5358 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
5359 becoming the one central database for non-essential
5360 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 5361 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 5362 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
5363 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
5364 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
5365 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
5366 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
5367 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
5368 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
5369 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
5370 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
5371 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
5372
5373 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
5374 indexed database to link up additional information with
5375 journal entries. For further details please check:
5376
5377 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
5378
5379 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
5380 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
5381 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
5382 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
5383 macro for this purpose.
5384
5385 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
5386 Python logging framework.
5387
5388 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
5389 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
5390 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
5391 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 5392 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
5393 time intervals.
5394
5395 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
5396 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
5397 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
5398
5399 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
5400 right-away on the selected coredump.
5401
5402 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
5403 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
5404 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
5405
5406 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
5407 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
5408 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
5409 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
5410
5411 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
5412 default.
5413
5414 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
5415 SMACK security label.
5416
5417 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
5418 daylight saving change.
5419
5420 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
5421 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
5422 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
5423 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
5424 distributions who still need support this to either continue
5425 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
5426 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
5427
5428 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
5429 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
5430 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
5431 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
5432 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
5433 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 5434 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
5435 PolicyKit is not around.
5436
5437 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
5438 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
5439
5440 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
5441 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
5442 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
5443 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
5444 offline updating tools.
5445
5446 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
5447 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
5448 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
5449 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
5450 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
5451 directories for packages to place various data files in.
5452
5453 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
5454 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
5455
5456 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
5457 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5458 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
5459 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5460 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
5461 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
5462 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
5463 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
5464 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5465
139ee8cc
LP
5466CHANGES WITH 195:
5467
6827101a 5468 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
5469 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
5470 units via --unit=/-u.
5471
6827101a 5472 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
5473 right thing.
5474
5475 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
5476 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
5477 rotation.
5478
5479 * The journal will now index the available field values for
5480 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
5481 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
5482 completion of journalctl has been updated
5483 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
5484 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
5485
5486 * More service events are now written as structured messages
5487 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
5488
5489 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
5490 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
5491 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
5492 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
5493 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
5494 these settings from the command line now, especially since
5495 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
5496 completion.
5497
5498 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
5499 extract coredumps from the journal.
5500
5501 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
5502 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
5503 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
5504 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
5505 scratch their heads.
5506
5507 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
5508 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
5509
5510 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
5511 in immediate termination of systemd.
5512
5513 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
5514 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
5515
5516 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
5517 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
5518 mouse screen support has been added.
5519
5520 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
5521 Server-Sent-Events as output.
5522
1cb88f2c 5523 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
5524 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
5525 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
5526 "systemctl reload".
5527
15f47220 5528 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
5529 -u" instead.
5530
5531 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
5532 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
5533 configured.
5534
5535 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
5536 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
5537
5538 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
5539 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
5540 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
5541 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
5542 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
5543 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
5544 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 5545
f9b55720
LP
5546CHANGES WITH 194:
5547
5548 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
5549 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
5550 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
5551 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
5552 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
5553 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
5554 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
5555 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
5556 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
5557 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
5558 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
5559 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
5560
5561 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
5562 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
5563 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5564
597c52cf
LP
5565CHANGES WITH 193:
5566
5567 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
5568 starting from the specified location in the journal.
5569
5570 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
5571 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
5572 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
5573
5574 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
5575 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
5576 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
5577 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
5578 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
5579 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
5580 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
5581
5582 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
5583 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
5584
5585 This will download the journal contents in a
5586 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
5587
5588 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
5589
5590 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
5591 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
5592 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
5593 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
5594 screenshot of this app in its current state:
5595
5596 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
5597
5598 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
5599 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
5600
075d4ecb
LP
5601CHANGES WITH 192:
5602
5603 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
5604 too.
5605
d28315e4 5606 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
5607 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
5608 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 5609 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
5610 just start them.
5611
5612 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
5613 and line break accordingly.
5614
597c52cf
LP
5615 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5616 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 5617
b6a86739
LP
5618CHANGES WITH 191:
5619
5620 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
5621 container environment, copying the host's timezone
5622 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
5623 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
5624 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
5625
5626 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
5627 will default to 10 if omitted.
5628
5629 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
5630 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
5631 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
5632 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 5633 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
5634
5635 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
5636 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
5637 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
5638 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
5639 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
5640 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 5641 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
5642
5643 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
5644 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 5645 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 5646 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
5647 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
5648 into two.
5649
597c52cf
LP
5650 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
5651 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 5652
0c11f949
LP
5653CHANGES WITH 190:
5654
d28315e4 5655 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
5656 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
5657 "systemctl status".
5658
5659 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
5660 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 5661 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
5662 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
5663 field.)
5664
5665 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
5666 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
5667 default.
5668
5669 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
5670 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
5671 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
5672 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
5673 in a container.
5674
5675 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
5676 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
5677 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
5678 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
5679 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
5680 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
5681
5682 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
5683 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
5684 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
5685 no-op.
5686
5687 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
5688 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
5689 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
5690 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
5691 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
5692
5693 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
5694 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
5695
5696 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
5697 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
5698 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
5699 command.
5700
5701 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
5702 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
5703 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
5704
5705 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
5706
5707 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
5708 multiple files at once.
5709
5710 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
5711 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
5712 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
5713 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
5714 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
5715 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
5716 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
5717
a98d5d64
LP
5718 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
5719 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
5720 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
5721
5722 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
5723 dir: %_presetdir.
5724
d28315e4 5725 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 5726 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
5727
5728 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
5729 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
5730 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
5731 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
5732 anymore.
5733
aaccc32c 5734 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
5735 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
5736 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
5737 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
5738
5739 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
5740 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
5741 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
5742
5743 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
5744 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
5745 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
5746 sockets.
5747
5748 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
5749 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
5750 is changed.
5751
5752 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
5753 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
5754 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
5755 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
5756 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 5757 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
5758 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
5759
5760 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
5761
5762 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
5763 the unit file label and client process label into account.
5764
aad803af
LP
5765 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
5766 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
5767
5768 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
5769 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
5770 (%b).
5771
b6a86739 5772 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
5773 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
5774 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5775 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5776 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
5777 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5778 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5779
38a60d71
LP
5780CHANGES WITH 189:
5781
5782 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
5783 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
5784
5785 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
5786 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
5787 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
5788 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
5789 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
5790 syslog daemons again.
5791
5792 * The libudev API gained the new
5793 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
5794
5795 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
5796 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
5797 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
5798 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
5799
5800 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
5801 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
5802 container.
5803
5804 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
5805 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
5806 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
5807 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
5808 this explaining it in more detail.
5809
5810 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
5811 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
5812 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
5813 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
5814
5815 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
5816 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
5817 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
5818 journal files.
5819
5820 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
5821 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
5822 as container init process a lot more fun.
5823
5824 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
5825 entries.
5826
5827 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
5828 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
5829 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
5830 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
5831 different sets of services.
5832
5833 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
5834 failure state.
5835
b6a86739 5836 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
5837 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
5838 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5839
c269cec3
LP
5840CHANGES WITH 188:
5841
5842 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
5843 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
5844 tree a lot more organized.
5845
5846 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
5847 may be used to group services in a natural way.
5848
5849 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
5850 services.
5851
5852 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
5853 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
5854 filtering by log level now.
5855
5856 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
5857 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
5858 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
5859
ab06eef8 5860 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
5861 command lines involving service unit names.
5862
5863 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
5864 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
5865
5866 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
5867 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
5868 and encodes structured information about the error number.
5869
5870 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
5871 option.
5872
5873 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
5874 a shutdown is cancelled.
5875
5876 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
5877 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
5878 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
5879 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
5880 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
5881
5882 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
5883 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
5884 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
5885 for display managers instead.
5886
5887 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
5888 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
5889 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
5890 protection, and suchlike.
5891
5892 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
5893 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
5894 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
5895 the service.
5896
5897 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
5898 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
5899 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
5900 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
5901 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
5902 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5903
c4f1b862
LP
5904CHANGES WITH 187:
5905
5906 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
5907 pages.
5908
5909 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
5910 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
5911 data loss.
5912
c269cec3 5913 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
5914 option.
5915
5916 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
5917
5918 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
5919 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
5920
5921 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
5922 specific directory.
5923
5924 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
5925 messages of two different boots.
5926
5927 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
5928 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
5929 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
5930
5931 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
5932 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
5933 disjunctions.
5934
5935 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
5936 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
5937 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
5938
5939 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
5940 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
5941 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
5942
5943 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
5944 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
5945 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
5946 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
5947 speed things up a bit.
5948
5949 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
5950 header data of journal files.
5951
5952 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
5953 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
5954 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
5955
5956 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
5957 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
5958 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
5959 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
5960
5961 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
5962
5963 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
5964 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
5965 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5966 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5967
b5b4c94a
LP
5968CHANGES WITH 186:
5969
5970 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
5971 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
5972 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
5973 prefixed with rd.
5974
5975 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
5976 automatically generated at boot. Use:
5977
5978 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
5979
5980 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
5981
d1f9edaf 5982 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
5983
5984 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
5985 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
5986 as well.
5987
5988 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
5989 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
5990 in all appropriate directories automatically.
5991
5992 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
5993 does the right thing. Example:
5994
5995 udevadm info /dev/sda
5996 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
5997
5998 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
5999 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6000 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6001 running.
6002
6003 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6004 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6005
6006 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6007 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6008
6009 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6010 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6011 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6012 files.
6013
6014 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6015 be stopped that is not loaded.
6016
6017 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6018
6019 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6020
6021 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6022 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6023 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6024 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6025
6026 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6027 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6028 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6029 completed initialization.
6030
6031 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6032
6033 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6034 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6035 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6036 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6037 distributions.
6038
6039 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6040 always valid when services log to the journal via
6041 STDOUT/STDERR.
6042
6043 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6044 command line options we understand.
6045
6046 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6047 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6048
91ac7425 6049 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
6050 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6051
6052 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6053 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6054 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6055 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6056
6057 systemctl status /home
6058 systemctl status /dev/sda
6059
6060 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6061 system.conf parsing.
6062
6063 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6064 Manager object.
6065
6066 * The Names= option is been removed from unit file parsing.
6067
6068 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6069
6070 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6071 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6072 complete.
6073
6074 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6075 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6076 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6077 systemd-fsck@.service.
6078
6079 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6080 Manager object.
6081
6082 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6083 work sensibly.
6084
6085 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6086 we actually understand.
6087
6088 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6089 additional capabilities to the container.
6090
6091 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 6092 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
6093 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6094
6095 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6096 the current boot only.
6097
6098 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6099 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6100
6101 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6102 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6103 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6104 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6105 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6106
c4f1b862 6107 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 6108
2d938ac7
LP
6109 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6110 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6111 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6112 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 6113
2d197285 6114CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 6115
2d197285
KS
6116 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6117 available.
6118
6119 * Several new man pages have been added.
6120
b5b4c94a
LP
6121 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6122 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6123 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6124 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 6125
b5b4c94a
LP
6126 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6127 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
6128
6129 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6130 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6131 Matthias Clasen
6132
4c8cd173 6133CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 6134
4c8cd173
LP
6135 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6136 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6137
6138 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6139 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6140 daemon.
6141
6142 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6143 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6144
6145 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6146 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6147 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6148 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6149
ea5943d3 6150CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 6151
187076d4
LP
6152 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6153 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6154 and systemd's most recent version number.
6155
194bbe33
KS
6156 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6157 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6158 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6159 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6160 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 6161 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 6162
91cf7e5c 6163 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
6164 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6165 subsystems.
64661ee7 6166
2d13da88
KS
6167 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6168 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6169 used to subscribe to events.
6170
194bbe33
KS
6171 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6172 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6173 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6174 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 6175 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
6176 forked by udev rules.
6177
f13b388f
KS
6178 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6179 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6180 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6181 it.
6182
ea5943d3 6183 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
6184 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6185 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6186 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 6187 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 6188
ea5943d3 6189 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 6190 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
6191
6192 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6193 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6194 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6195 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6196
ea5943d3
LP
6197 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6198 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6199 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6200 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6201 to be used as drop-in files.
6202
6203 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 6204 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
6205
6206 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6207 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6208 about this in more detail.
6209
6210 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
6211 (which prevously bind mounted these directories to their new
6212 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6213 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6214 from git history and add them downstream.
6215
6216 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6217 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 6218 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
6219 units.
6220
6221 * All smaller setup units (such as
6222 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6223 are run in a container and are skipped when
6224 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6225 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6226
6227 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6228 integrated, for details see:
6229 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6230
6231 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6232 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6233 messages.
6234
439d6dfd
LP
6235 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6236 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
6237 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6238 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6239 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6240
6241 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6242 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6243 for all units started by PID 1.
6244
6245 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6246 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6247 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6248
3943231c
LP
6249 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6250 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
6251
6252 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6253 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 6254 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
6255
6256 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6257 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6258 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6259 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6260 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6261 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6262
6263 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
6264 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
6265
6266 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
6267
6268 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
6269 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
6270 so sexy.
6271
6272 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
6273 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
6274 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
6275 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
6276 patterns.
6277
6278 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
6279 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
6280 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
6281 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
6282
6283 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
6284 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
6285
6286 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
6287 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
6288 in systemd now.
6289
6290 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
6291 ID on the command line.
6292
f8c0a2cb 6293 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
6294 for an init system.
6295
6296 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
6297 vt100.
6298
6299 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
6300
6301 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 6302 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
6303
6304 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
6305
6306 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
6307 container in other hierarchies.
6308
6309 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
6310 system.conf.
6311
6312 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
6313
6314 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
6315 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
6316
d28315e4 6317 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
6318 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
6319
6320 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
6321 locally generated journal files.
6322
6323 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
6324
6325 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
6326
79849bf9
LP
6327 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
6328 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
6329 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
6330 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
6331 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
6332 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
6333 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6334 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
6335 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6336 Gundersen
6337
16f1239e 6338CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 6339
16f1239e
LP
6340 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6341
6342 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
6343 KVM or container configured UUID.
6344
6345 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
6346
6347 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
6348
ab06eef8 6349 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
6350 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
6351
6352 * sd-login.h is C++ comptaible again
6353
6354 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
6355 folks
6356
6357 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 6358 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
6359 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
6360
6361 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
6362 configuration
6363
6364 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
6365 free fashion
6366
6367 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
6368 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 6369 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
6370 automatically generated data.
6371
6372 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
6373 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
6374 however.
6375
6376 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
6377 tarball.
6378
6379 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
6380 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
6381 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
6382 Reding
6383
437b7dee 6384CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 6385
437b7dee
LP
6386 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6387
6388 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
6389
6390 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
6391
45afd519 6392 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
6393 normal user logins.
6394
6395 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
6396 Biebl
6397
204fa33c 6398CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 6399
204fa33c
LP
6400 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
6401
6402 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
6403 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
6404 xsltproc.
6405
6406 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
6407 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
6408 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
6409
6410 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
6411 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
6412 reboot can automatically be triggered.
6413
6414 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
6415
6416 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
6417 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6418 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
6419
e0d25329 6420CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 6421
e0d25329
KS
6422 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
6423 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
6424 package update.
6425
b13df964
LP
6426 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
6427 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
6428 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
6429
6430 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
6431 complete.
6432
6433 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
6434 understood to set system wide environment variables
6435 dynamically at boot.
6436
e9c1ea9d 6437 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 6438
353e12c2
LP
6439 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
6440 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
6441 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
6442 files.
6443
b13df964
LP
6444 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6445 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
6446 William Douglas
6447
d26e4270 6448CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 6449
d26e4270
LP
6450 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6451
6452 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
6453 "Result" D-Bus property.
6454
6455 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
6456 the next few releases.)
6457
6458 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
6459 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
6460 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
6461 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
6462
b13df964
LP
6463 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
6464 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
6465 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
6466
220a21d3 6467CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 6468
220a21d3
LP
6469 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6470 bugfixes.
6471
6472 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
6473 resource usage.
6474
6475 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
6476 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
6477 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
6478 journals by the respective users.
6479
6480 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
6481 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
6482 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
6483
6484 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
6485 client for all entries.
6486
6487 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
6488
6489 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
6490 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
6491
6492 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
6493 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
6494 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
6495 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
6496
6497 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
6498 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
6499 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
6500
6501 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
6502 journal along with meta data.
6503
6504 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
6505 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
6506 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
6507
6508 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
6509 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
6510 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
6511
6512 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
6513
6514 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
6515 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
6516 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
6517 or fsck.
6518
d28315e4 6519 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
6520 requested with new -k switch.
6521
6522 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6523 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
6524
6525CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 6526
220a21d3
LP
6527 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6528 bugfixes.
6529
6530 * The git repository moved to:
6531 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
6532 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
6533
6534 * First release with the journal
6535 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
6536
6537 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
6538 systemd-stdout-bridge.
6539
6540 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
6541
6542 * Many systemadm clean-ups
6543
6544 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
6545 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
6546 remote mounts.
6547
6548 * Added Mageia support
6549
6550 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
6551
6552 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
6553 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
6554 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
6555 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
6556 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
6557
6558 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
6559 of existing distributions.
6560
6561 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
6562 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
6563
6564 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
6565 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
6566 boot.
6567
6568 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
6569
6570 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
6571 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
6572 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
6573 among other things.
6574
6575 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
6576 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
6577
6578 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
6579
6580 * The build tree got reorganized and a the build system is a
6581 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
6582 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
6583
6584 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
6585 restored.
6586
6587 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
6588 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
6589 kmod
6590
d28315e4 6591 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
6592 of /usr/local by default.
6593
6594 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
6595 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
6596 in:
6597 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
6598
6599 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
6600 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
6601 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
6602 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
6603 supported anyway, and bad style).
6604
6605 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
6606 reloading of units together.
6607
4c8cd173 6608 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
6609 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
6610 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6611 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
6612 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek